1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
31 #include "blockinput.h"
33 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
34 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
35 #include "syssignal.h"
37 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
38 if this is not done before the other system files. */
40 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
42 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
43 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
45 #include <sys/types.h>
48 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
57 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
58 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
61 #include "character.h"
64 #include "dispextern.h"
66 #include "termhooks.h"
69 #include "emacs-icon.h"
74 #include "intervals.h"
80 #include "xsettings.h"
82 #include "sysselect.h"
85 #include <X11/Shell.h>
88 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
99 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
103 #if !defined(NO_EDITRES)
105 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
106 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
108 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
110 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
111 #if defined USE_MOTIF
112 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
113 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
114 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
117 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
118 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
119 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
120 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
121 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
122 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
123 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
125 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
126 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
127 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
128 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
130 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
134 #ifndef XtNinitialState
135 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
139 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
143 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
148 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
151 static int any_help_event_p
;
153 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
154 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
156 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
159 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
161 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
162 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
163 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
164 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
166 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
168 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
169 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
170 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
171 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
173 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
175 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
177 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
179 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
184 } pending_event_wait
;
187 /* The application context for Xt use. */
188 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
189 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
191 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
193 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
194 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
196 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
197 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
198 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
200 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
204 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
205 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
206 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
207 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
209 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
211 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
212 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
213 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
214 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
215 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
216 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
217 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
218 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
219 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
222 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
224 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
225 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
226 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
228 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
230 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
231 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
234 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
235 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
238 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
240 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
241 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
242 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
243 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
244 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
245 it's somewhat accurate. */
247 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
249 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
251 static Time last_user_time
;
253 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
257 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
259 static int input_signal_count
;
262 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
264 static int x_noop_count
;
266 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
268 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
269 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
272 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
273 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
275 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
276 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
279 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
280 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
284 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
289 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
290 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
291 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
292 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
294 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
295 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
296 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
298 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
299 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
300 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
301 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
302 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
305 /* Used in x_flush. */
307 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
308 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
309 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
310 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
311 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
312 static void x_update_window_end (struct window
*, int, int);
314 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
315 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
316 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
317 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
318 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
319 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
320 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
321 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
322 static void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int) NO_RETURN
;
323 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
324 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
325 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
326 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
327 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
328 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
329 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
330 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
331 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
332 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
333 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
334 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
336 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
337 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
338 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
339 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
340 static void x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*);
341 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
342 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
343 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
344 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
346 static void x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
347 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
348 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
349 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
350 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
351 int *, struct input_event
*);
353 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
355 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
356 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
357 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
358 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
359 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
360 static void x_initialize (void);
363 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
366 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
368 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
369 connection may be broken. */
370 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
376 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
377 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
378 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
379 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
381 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
382 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
387 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
388 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
389 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
390 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
391 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
394 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
397 /***********************************************************************
399 ***********************************************************************/
403 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
404 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
412 struct record event_record
[100];
414 int event_record_index
;
417 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
419 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
420 event_record_index
= 0;
422 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
423 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
424 event_record_index
++;
431 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
433 struct x_display_info
*
434 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
436 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
438 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
439 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
445 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
448 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
450 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
451 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
452 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
454 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
457 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
462 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
463 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
464 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
465 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
469 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
471 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
474 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
476 /* return unless necessary */
481 unsigned long n
, left
;
483 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
484 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
485 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
486 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
489 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
491 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
492 XFree ((void *) data
);
501 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
502 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
503 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
508 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
510 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
514 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
516 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
520 /***********************************************************************
521 Starting and ending an update
522 ***********************************************************************/
524 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
525 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
526 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
527 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
528 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
531 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
537 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
538 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
542 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
544 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
545 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
548 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
552 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
554 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
555 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
557 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
559 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
560 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
567 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
570 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
572 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
575 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
577 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
580 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
581 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
584 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
586 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
587 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
589 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
590 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
591 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
593 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
594 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
598 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, int cursor_on_p
, int mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
600 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
602 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
607 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
609 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
611 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
612 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
617 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
618 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
619 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
621 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
622 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
623 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
626 updated_window
= NULL
;
630 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
634 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
636 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
637 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
641 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
647 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
648 complete update has been performed. The global variable
649 updated_window is not available here. */
652 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
656 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
658 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
659 || f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
662 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
663 note_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
664 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
665 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
666 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
673 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
674 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
675 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
676 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
677 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
678 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
681 x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
683 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
689 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
690 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
692 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
693 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
694 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
695 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
696 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
697 overhead is very small. */
698 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
699 && desired_row
->full_width_p
700 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
701 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
703 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
706 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
709 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
710 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
711 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
712 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
713 y
, width
, height
, False
);
719 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
721 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
722 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
723 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
724 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
725 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
727 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
728 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
732 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
734 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
735 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
736 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
737 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
739 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
741 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
743 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
744 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
745 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
746 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
747 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
748 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
749 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
750 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
752 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
756 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
757 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
758 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
762 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
763 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== p
->x
)
764 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
765 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== bar_area_x
)
769 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
771 nx
= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
772 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
774 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
779 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== bx
)
781 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
782 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
784 else if (bx
+ nx
== bar_area_x
)
785 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
790 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
791 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
794 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
800 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
801 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
805 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
807 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
809 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
811 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
813 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
814 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
816 face
->background
, depth
);
820 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
821 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
824 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
825 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
826 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
827 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
830 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
831 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
832 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
836 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
837 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
838 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
842 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
847 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
848 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
849 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
853 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
857 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
858 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
861 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
866 /***********************************************************************
868 ***********************************************************************/
872 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
873 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
874 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*,
876 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
877 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
878 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
879 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
880 static void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int) NO_RETURN
;
881 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
882 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
883 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
884 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
885 static int x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
886 unsigned long *, double, int);
887 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
888 double, int, unsigned long);
889 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
890 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
891 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
892 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
893 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
894 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
896 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
897 int, int, int, int, int, int,
899 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
900 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
901 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
904 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
908 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
912 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
914 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
915 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
916 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
918 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
921 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
925 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
926 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
928 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
929 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
930 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
931 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
932 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
933 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
934 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
936 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
937 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
938 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
940 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
941 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
944 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
945 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
946 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
948 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
949 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
952 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
953 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
955 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
960 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
963 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
968 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
969 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
970 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
972 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
974 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
975 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
977 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
978 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
979 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
981 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
985 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
990 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
991 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
992 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
993 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
995 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
996 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
999 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1000 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1002 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1005 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1009 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1010 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1011 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1014 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1016 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1020 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1021 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1025 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1027 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1029 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1031 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1032 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1034 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1036 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1037 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1039 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1041 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1044 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1046 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1047 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1049 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1050 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1052 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1053 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1057 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1058 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1061 /* GC must have been set. */
1062 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1066 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1067 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1070 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1072 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1073 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1076 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1081 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1082 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1086 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1091 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1093 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1096 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1101 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1104 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1107 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1108 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1110 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1112 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1114 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1115 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1118 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1119 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1120 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1124 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1126 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1128 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1129 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1130 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1134 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1135 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1140 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1143 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1146 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1147 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1148 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1149 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1153 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1154 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1155 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1156 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1157 contains the first component of a composition. */
1160 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, int force_p
)
1162 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1163 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1164 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1166 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1170 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1171 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1172 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1173 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1174 s
->background_width
,
1175 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1176 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1177 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1179 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1180 || s
->font_not_found_p
1181 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1184 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1185 s
->background_width
,
1186 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1187 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1193 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1196 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1200 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1201 of S to the right of that box line. */
1202 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1203 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1204 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1208 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1210 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1212 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1214 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1215 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1216 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1218 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1223 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1224 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1227 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1228 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1230 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1232 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1233 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1235 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1236 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1237 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1241 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1244 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1247 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1249 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1250 of S to the right of that box line. */
1251 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1252 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1253 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1257 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1258 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1259 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1260 this composition. */
1262 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1263 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1264 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1266 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1267 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1268 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1270 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1274 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1275 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1277 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1278 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1280 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1281 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1282 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1287 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1292 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1294 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1295 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1296 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1299 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1303 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1304 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1305 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1308 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1309 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1310 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1311 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1312 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1313 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1321 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1322 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1323 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1329 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1332 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1334 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1338 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1339 of S to the right of that box line. */
1340 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1341 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1342 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1348 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1350 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1351 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1353 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1356 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1357 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1361 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1362 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1363 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1364 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1365 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1366 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1369 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1371 sprintf ((char *) buf
, "%0*X",
1372 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1373 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1379 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1382 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1383 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1385 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1386 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1388 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1389 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1390 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1392 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1393 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1394 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1397 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1398 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1399 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1400 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1401 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1402 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1406 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1408 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget (Widget
);
1409 static Boolean
cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1410 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*);
1411 static void cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1412 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*);
1415 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1416 cannot be determined. */
1418 static struct frame
*
1419 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1421 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1425 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1427 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1428 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1429 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1430 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1431 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1432 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1434 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1435 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1436 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1437 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1438 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1440 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1441 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1442 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1451 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1452 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1453 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1454 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1455 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1456 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1459 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1460 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1462 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1463 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1469 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1470 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1472 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1474 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1476 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1481 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1482 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1484 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1487 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1489 DPY is the display we are working on.
1491 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1492 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1493 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1494 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1496 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1497 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1499 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1500 we allocated the color or not.
1502 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1505 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1506 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1507 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1517 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1518 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1520 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1524 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1525 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1526 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1528 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1530 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1531 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1533 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1535 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1536 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1538 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1539 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1541 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1542 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1547 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1549 params
[0] = color_name
;
1550 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1551 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1552 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1557 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1559 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1561 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1565 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1569 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1570 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1573 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1578 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1579 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1580 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1582 APP is the application context in which we work.
1584 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1585 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1586 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1588 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1591 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1596 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1598 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1601 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1603 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1604 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1605 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1606 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1607 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1612 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1615 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1616 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1617 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1618 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1620 static const XColor
*
1621 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1623 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1625 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1627 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1630 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1631 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1632 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1633 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1634 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1636 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1637 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1639 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1640 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1643 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1644 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1648 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1649 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1652 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1654 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1656 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1659 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1661 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1662 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1663 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1664 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1668 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1672 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1673 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1676 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1678 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1682 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1683 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1684 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1688 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1692 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1695 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1696 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1697 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1698 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1700 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1701 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1702 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1704 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1706 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1708 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1709 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1710 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1711 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1713 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1716 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1720 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1721 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1722 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1723 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1727 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1728 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1729 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1730 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1731 XColor
*cached_color
;
1733 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1734 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1735 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1736 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1737 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1739 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1740 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1741 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1745 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1747 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1748 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1754 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1755 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1756 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1760 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1762 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1763 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1767 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1768 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1769 get color reference counts right. */
1772 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1776 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1778 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1779 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1781 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1782 register_color (pixel
);
1788 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1791 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1792 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1793 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1794 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1795 use an additional additive factor.
1797 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1798 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1799 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1802 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1803 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1804 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1805 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1806 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1807 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1810 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1816 /* Get RGB color values. */
1817 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1818 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1820 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1821 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1822 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1823 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1824 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1826 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1827 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1829 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1830 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1831 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1832 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1833 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1835 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1836 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1837 /* The additive adjustment. */
1838 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1842 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1843 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1844 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1848 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1849 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1850 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1854 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1855 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1858 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1860 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1861 delta to the RGB values. */
1862 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1864 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1865 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1866 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1867 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1878 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1879 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1880 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1881 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1882 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1883 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1886 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1889 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1890 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1891 unsigned long pixel
;
1892 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1893 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1894 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1895 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1897 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1898 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1900 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1901 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1902 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1904 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1906 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1907 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1910 /* Allocate new color. */
1911 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1913 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1914 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1916 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1917 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1920 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1922 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1924 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1927 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1931 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1934 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1936 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1937 unsigned long color
;
1939 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1940 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1941 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1943 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1944 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1949 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1950 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1951 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1954 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1955 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1957 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1958 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1959 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1960 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1961 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1966 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1967 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1968 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1969 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1970 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1971 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1975 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
1976 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1977 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
1978 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1980 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1981 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1986 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1988 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1989 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1991 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
1992 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
1993 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
2000 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2001 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2002 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2004 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2005 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2006 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2007 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2014 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2016 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2017 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2019 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2020 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2021 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2024 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2026 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2028 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2029 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2033 /* Outermost top line. */
2035 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2036 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2037 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2039 /* Outermost left line. */
2041 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2047 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2048 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
2049 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
2050 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2051 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2052 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2053 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2059 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2060 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2061 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2062 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2063 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2066 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2070 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2071 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2072 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2073 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2074 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2075 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2078 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2079 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2080 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2084 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2085 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2086 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2089 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2090 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2094 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2095 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2098 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2099 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2103 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2104 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2106 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2107 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2111 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2114 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2116 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2117 int left_p
, right_p
;
2118 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2119 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2121 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2122 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2123 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2125 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2126 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2128 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2130 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2131 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2133 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2135 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2137 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2139 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2140 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2142 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2143 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2144 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2146 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2148 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2150 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2151 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2152 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2155 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2156 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2157 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2162 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2165 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2168 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2170 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2171 right of that line. */
2172 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2173 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2175 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2177 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2179 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2180 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2181 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2182 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2188 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2189 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2190 trust on the shape extension to be available
2191 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2193 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2196 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2198 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2199 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2200 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2201 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2202 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2204 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2207 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2208 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2209 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2210 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2211 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2212 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2216 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2218 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2221 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2222 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2223 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2224 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2225 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2226 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2228 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2229 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2230 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2231 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2232 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2233 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2234 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2236 int relief
= s
->img
->relief
;
2237 if (relief
< 0) relief
= -relief
;
2238 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2239 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2240 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2241 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2246 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2247 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2248 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2252 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2255 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2257 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, extra
;
2260 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2262 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2263 right of that line. */
2264 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2265 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2267 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2269 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2271 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2272 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2273 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2274 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2276 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2277 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2279 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2280 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2284 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2285 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2288 extra
= s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
2289 ? XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
) : 0;
2291 x0
= x
- thick
- extra
;
2292 y0
= y
- thick
- extra
;
2293 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2294 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2296 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2297 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2298 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2300 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2302 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2307 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2310 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2313 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2315 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2316 right of that line. */
2317 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2318 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2320 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2322 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2324 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2325 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2326 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2327 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2333 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2334 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2335 trust on the shape extension to be available
2336 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2338 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2342 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2343 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2344 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2345 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2346 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2348 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2349 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2350 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2351 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2355 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2356 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2357 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2359 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2360 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2361 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2362 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2363 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2364 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2365 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2367 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2369 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2370 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2371 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2376 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2377 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2378 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2382 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2383 give the rectangle to draw. */
2386 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2390 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2391 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2392 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2393 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2396 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2400 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2403 s->x +-------------------------
2406 | +-------------------------
2409 | | +-------------------
2415 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2417 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2418 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2420 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2423 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2424 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2425 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2426 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2428 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2429 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2431 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2432 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2436 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2437 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2441 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2442 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2443 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2444 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2445 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2447 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2448 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2449 s
->background_width
,
2452 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2454 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2456 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2459 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2460 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2461 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2462 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2463 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2464 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2465 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2470 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2472 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2473 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2474 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2475 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2483 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2485 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2487 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2488 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2490 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2493 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2496 /* Draw the foreground. */
2499 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2500 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2501 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2502 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2503 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2506 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2508 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2510 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2511 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2512 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2516 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2519 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2521 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2523 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2524 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2526 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2527 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2528 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2531 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2533 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2537 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2543 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2545 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2547 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2548 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2549 x
+= background_width
;
2551 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2552 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2556 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2558 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2559 if (width
< background_width
)
2562 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2566 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2570 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2571 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2573 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2579 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2580 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2582 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2584 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2585 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2586 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2587 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2592 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2593 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2594 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2595 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2599 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2601 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2602 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2604 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2605 except for header line and mode line. */
2606 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2608 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2611 if (background_width
> 0)
2612 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2615 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2619 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2622 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2624 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2626 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2627 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2628 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2629 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2632 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2634 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2635 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2636 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2637 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2639 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2640 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2641 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2642 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2644 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2645 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2649 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2650 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2652 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2653 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2654 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2655 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2656 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2657 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2660 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2661 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2662 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2663 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2666 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2668 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2669 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2670 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2671 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2672 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2673 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2675 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2677 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2680 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2684 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2688 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2689 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2691 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2692 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2695 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2696 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2697 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2698 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2700 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2701 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2704 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2705 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2706 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2708 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2709 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2716 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2718 /* Draw underline. */
2719 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2721 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2724 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2726 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2727 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2728 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2732 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2733 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2734 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2737 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2738 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2741 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2742 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2743 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2744 specs, and its default is
2746 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2747 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2749 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2750 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2751 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2753 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2755 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2757 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2759 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2760 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2761 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2762 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2763 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2764 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2765 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2766 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2767 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2768 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2769 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2770 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2774 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2775 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2776 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2777 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2778 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2782 /* Draw overline. */
2783 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2785 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2787 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2788 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2793 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2794 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2795 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2797 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2801 /* Draw strike-through. */
2802 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2804 unsigned long h
= 1;
2805 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2807 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2808 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2813 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2814 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2815 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2817 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2821 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2822 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2823 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2827 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2829 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2830 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2831 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2833 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2834 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2835 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2838 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2839 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2840 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2841 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2843 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2844 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2846 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2852 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2854 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2855 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2856 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2858 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2859 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2860 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2863 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2864 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2865 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2866 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2868 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2869 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2871 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2876 /* Reset clipping. */
2877 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2881 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2884 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2886 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2887 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2888 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2892 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2896 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2902 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2903 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2906 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
2908 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2909 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2913 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2916 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2918 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2920 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2921 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2922 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2924 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2925 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2928 /* The following call is commented out because it does not seem to accomplish
2929 anything, apart from causing flickering during window resize. */
2930 /* XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); */
2932 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
2933 something like that, then they should be notified. */
2934 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2936 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2937 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2938 redisplay, do it here. */
2939 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
2940 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2943 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2950 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2952 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2953 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2955 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2958 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2959 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2962 timeval_subtract (struct timeval
*result
, struct timeval x
, struct timeval y
)
2964 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2965 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2966 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2968 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2969 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2973 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2975 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2976 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2980 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2982 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2983 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2985 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2987 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2991 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
2997 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
2998 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
2999 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3001 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
3002 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
3003 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
3004 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3006 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
3010 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3013 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3014 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3015 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3016 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3017 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3018 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3019 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3020 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3021 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3024 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3025 pixels into background pixels. */
3029 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3030 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3031 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3033 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3034 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3038 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3039 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3040 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3041 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3042 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3043 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3044 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3048 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3049 edge it is next to. */
3050 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3052 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3053 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3056 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3057 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3064 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3066 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3067 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3069 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3071 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3072 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3073 width
, flash_height
);
3074 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3076 (height
- flash_height
3077 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3078 width
, flash_height
);
3082 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3083 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3084 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3085 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3090 struct timeval wakeup
;
3092 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3094 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3095 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3096 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3097 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3099 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3101 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3103 struct timeval current
;
3104 struct timeval timeout
;
3106 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3108 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3109 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3112 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3114 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3116 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3117 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3121 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3122 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3124 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3126 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3127 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3128 width
, flash_height
);
3129 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3131 (height
- flash_height
3132 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3133 width
, flash_height
);
3136 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3137 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3138 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3139 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3145 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3147 #undef XFillRectangle
3149 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3158 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3162 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (FRAME_PTR f
, int invisible
)
3167 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3168 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3169 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3172 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3173 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3174 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3179 /* Make audible bell. */
3182 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3184 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3186 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3193 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3194 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3201 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3202 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3203 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3204 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3207 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3209 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3214 /***********************************************************************
3216 ***********************************************************************/
3218 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3219 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3222 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3228 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3231 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3233 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3234 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3236 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3237 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3239 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3241 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3242 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
3243 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
3244 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
3245 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
3246 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
3247 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
3248 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
3250 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
3254 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
3255 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
3256 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
3258 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== x
)
3260 x
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
3261 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3263 else if (x
+ width
== bar_area_x
)
3264 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3269 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3270 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3271 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3275 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3276 line at the bottom. */
3277 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3278 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3280 height
= run
->height
;
3284 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3286 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3287 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3289 height
= run
->height
;
3294 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3298 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3299 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3300 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3310 /***********************************************************************
3312 ***********************************************************************/
3316 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3318 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3319 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3320 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3321 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3323 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3324 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3326 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3327 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3331 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3333 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3334 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3335 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3336 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3338 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3339 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3341 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3342 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3345 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3346 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3347 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3348 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3349 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3352 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3354 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3356 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3358 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3359 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3360 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3362 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3363 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3365 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3366 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3368 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3371 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3374 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3375 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3376 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3379 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3381 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3383 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3385 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3386 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3388 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3389 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3390 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3391 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3392 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3394 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3395 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3399 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3402 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3403 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3406 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3408 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3410 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3412 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3413 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3417 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3418 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3420 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3421 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3425 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3426 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3428 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3431 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3433 struct frame
*frame
;
3435 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3439 switch (event
->type
)
3444 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3446 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3448 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3449 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3450 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3451 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3453 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3459 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3460 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3461 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3462 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3466 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3468 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3469 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3470 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3477 #if defined HAVE_MENUS && !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3478 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3481 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3483 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3487 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3488 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3489 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3491 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3492 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3493 the appropriate X display info. */
3496 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3498 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3502 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3504 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3506 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3508 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3509 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3510 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3511 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3512 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3514 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3515 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3519 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3521 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3524 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3525 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3526 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3532 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3534 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3536 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3538 int min_code
, max_code
;
3541 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3543 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3544 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3545 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3546 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3547 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3549 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3551 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3552 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3554 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3556 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3557 Alt keysyms are on. */
3559 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3560 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3562 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3564 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3565 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3567 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3569 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3573 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3577 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3579 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3585 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3586 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3591 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3592 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3597 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3598 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3599 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3600 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3605 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3606 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3607 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3608 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3612 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3613 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3614 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3615 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3616 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3625 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3626 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3628 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3629 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3632 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3633 make them just meta, not alt. */
3634 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3636 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3639 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3640 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3643 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3647 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3649 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3650 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3651 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3652 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3655 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3656 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3657 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3658 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3659 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3660 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3661 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3662 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3665 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3666 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3667 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3668 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3669 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3670 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3674 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3676 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3677 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3678 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3679 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3683 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3684 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3685 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3686 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3687 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3688 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3689 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3690 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3693 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3694 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3695 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3696 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3697 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3698 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3701 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3704 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3709 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3717 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3719 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3721 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3725 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3727 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3729 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3730 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3731 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3732 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3734 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3738 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3739 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3740 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3746 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3747 The input handler calls this.
3749 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3750 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3751 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3752 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3754 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3755 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3758 note_mouse_movement (FRAME_PTR frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3760 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3761 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3762 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3764 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3767 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3769 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3770 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3771 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3772 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3777 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3778 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3779 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3780 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3781 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3782 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3784 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3785 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3786 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3787 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3788 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3789 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3797 /************************************************************************
3799 ************************************************************************/
3802 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3804 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3805 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3806 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3807 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3808 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3813 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3814 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3816 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3817 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3818 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3819 position on the scroll bar.
3821 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3822 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3825 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3826 was at this position.
3828 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3830 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3834 XTmouse_position (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3835 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3842 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3843 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3849 Window dummy_window
;
3852 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3854 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3855 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3856 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3857 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3858 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3860 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3862 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3863 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3864 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3866 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3869 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3870 a different screen. */
3873 /* The position on that root window. */
3876 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3879 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3881 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3883 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3884 containing the pointer. */
3888 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3892 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3893 structure is changing at the same time this function
3894 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3896 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3898 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3899 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3901 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3902 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3903 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3905 /* From-window, to-window. */
3906 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3908 /* From-position, to-position. */
3909 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3913 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3919 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3921 /* From-window, to-window. */
3924 /* From-position, to-position. */
3925 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3930 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3933 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3934 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3935 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3936 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3937 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3945 /* Now we know that:
3946 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3947 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3948 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3949 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3950 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3951 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3952 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3953 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3954 never use them in that case.) */
3957 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3958 want the edit window. */
3959 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3961 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3962 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3965 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3966 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3969 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3970 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3972 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3975 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3978 x_uncatch_errors ();
3980 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3983 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3985 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3989 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3995 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3996 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4000 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4001 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4002 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4003 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4004 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4005 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4006 the frame are divided into. */
4008 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4009 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4014 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4015 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4016 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4026 /***********************************************************************
4028 ***********************************************************************/
4030 /* Scroll bar support. */
4032 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4034 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4037 static struct scroll_bar
*
4038 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4042 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4043 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4044 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4046 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4048 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4050 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4051 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4052 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4055 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4058 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4060 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4061 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4062 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4063 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4064 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4067 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4068 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4069 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4070 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4077 #if defined USE_LUCID
4079 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4080 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4083 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4087 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4089 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4091 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4092 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4094 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4102 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4105 /************************************************************************
4107 ************************************************************************/
4109 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4111 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4112 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4113 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4114 struct scroll_bar
*);
4115 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4119 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4120 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4122 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4124 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4126 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4128 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4129 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4132 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4134 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4136 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4138 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4139 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4140 to avoid jerkyness. */
4142 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4144 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4145 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4146 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4147 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4150 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4151 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4154 const char *end_action
;
4157 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4158 end_action
= "Release";
4159 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4160 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4161 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4162 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4165 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4166 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4170 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4171 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4172 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4174 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4176 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4177 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4178 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4180 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4181 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4183 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4184 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4187 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4189 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4190 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4192 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4193 static ptrdiff_t scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4196 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4197 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4198 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4199 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4202 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4205 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4206 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4207 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4212 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4213 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4214 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4215 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4216 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4219 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4220 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4221 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4222 into that array in the event. */
4223 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4224 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4227 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4229 ptrdiff_t new_size
, old_nbytes
, nbytes
;
4230 /* Check the 32-bit XClientMessageEvent limit, as well as the
4231 usual ptrdiff_t/size_t limit. */
4232 if (min (0x7fffffff,
4233 min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) / sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
/ 2)
4234 < scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4235 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
4236 new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4237 nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4238 old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4239 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4241 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4242 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4245 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4246 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4247 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4248 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4249 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4250 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4252 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4253 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4254 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4255 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4258 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4259 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4260 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4261 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4266 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4270 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4272 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4276 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4277 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4279 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4281 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4282 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4285 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4288 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4290 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4291 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4292 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4293 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4294 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4300 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4302 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4305 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4306 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4307 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4310 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4312 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4313 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4314 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4318 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4319 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4320 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4323 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4324 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4325 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4328 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4329 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4330 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4333 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4334 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4335 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4339 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4340 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4343 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4344 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4345 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4352 /* Get the slider size. */
4354 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4357 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4358 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4359 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4360 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4364 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4370 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4371 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4372 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4376 #elif defined USE_GTK
4378 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4379 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4382 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4383 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4387 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4389 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4390 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4391 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4393 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4394 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4399 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4400 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4401 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4402 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4404 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4405 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4406 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4407 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4408 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4411 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4412 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4413 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4415 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4416 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4417 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4419 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4420 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4421 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4423 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4424 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4425 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4431 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4432 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4433 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4439 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4442 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4443 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4446 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4447 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4448 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4450 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4451 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4452 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4459 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4461 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4462 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4463 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4467 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4469 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4470 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4472 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4475 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4477 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4481 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4483 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4484 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4485 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4486 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4487 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4489 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4491 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4493 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4494 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4495 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4496 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4500 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4501 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4502 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4503 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4504 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4505 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4506 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4509 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4511 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4512 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4513 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4517 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4519 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4522 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4523 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4525 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4526 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4527 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4528 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4530 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4532 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4533 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4534 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4535 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4538 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4540 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4542 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4543 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4547 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4549 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4552 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4553 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4558 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4561 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4567 char const *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4568 unsigned long pixel
;
4573 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4574 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4575 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4576 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4577 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4578 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4579 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4580 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4582 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4585 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4589 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4592 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4596 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4597 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4599 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4600 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4602 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4604 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4606 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4608 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4610 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4612 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4615 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4616 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4618 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4619 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4620 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4621 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4623 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4625 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4626 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4627 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4628 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4629 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4630 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4631 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4632 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4634 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4637 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4641 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4644 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4648 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4650 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4651 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4653 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4656 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4657 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4658 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4660 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4663 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4665 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4668 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4669 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4670 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4672 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4676 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4677 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4678 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4679 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4680 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4681 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4682 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4685 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4686 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4690 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4691 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4692 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4694 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4696 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4699 /* Specify the colors. */
4700 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4703 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4706 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4709 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4715 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4716 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4719 char const *initial
= "";
4720 char const *val
= initial
;
4721 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4722 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4723 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4725 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4726 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4727 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4728 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4729 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4730 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4734 /* Define callbacks. */
4735 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4736 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4739 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4740 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4742 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4744 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4745 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4746 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4747 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4749 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4750 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4751 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4752 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4756 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4759 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4760 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4764 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4766 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4769 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4771 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4774 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4775 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4782 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4783 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4784 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4785 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4786 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4787 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4788 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4789 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4790 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4791 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4792 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4793 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4794 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4795 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4802 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4803 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4806 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4810 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4811 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4813 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4814 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4815 size
= max (size
, 1);
4817 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4818 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4819 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4821 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4823 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4829 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4830 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4834 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4836 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4837 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4838 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4842 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4843 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4844 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4847 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4848 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4850 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4851 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4852 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4853 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4855 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4856 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4859 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4860 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4861 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4863 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4867 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4871 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4873 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4877 /************************************************************************
4878 Scroll bars, general
4879 ************************************************************************/
4881 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4882 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4883 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4886 static struct scroll_bar
*
4887 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4889 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4890 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4891 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4895 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4896 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4897 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4899 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4903 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4904 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4905 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4907 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4908 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4910 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4912 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4914 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4915 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4916 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4917 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4918 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4920 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4922 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4923 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4924 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4926 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4928 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4935 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4937 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4939 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4943 bar
->height
= height
;
4946 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4947 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4949 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4950 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4952 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4953 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4954 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4956 /* Map the window/widget. */
4957 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4960 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4963 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4964 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4966 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4967 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4968 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4969 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4971 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4972 max (height
, 1), 0);
4973 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4974 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4976 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4977 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
4978 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4985 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4987 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4989 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4990 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4991 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4994 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4995 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4996 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4997 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4998 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5001 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
5003 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
5004 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5005 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5006 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5008 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5010 && start
== bar
->start
5017 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5018 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5019 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5021 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5022 the distance between start and end. */
5024 int length
= end
- start
;
5028 else if (start
> top_range
)
5030 end
= start
+ length
;
5034 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5038 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5042 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5043 if (end
> top_range
)
5046 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5047 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5048 that many pixels tall. */
5049 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5051 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5052 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5054 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5055 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5056 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5057 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5058 inside_width
, start
,
5061 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5062 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5063 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5064 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5066 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5067 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5068 /* x, y, width, height */
5069 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5070 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5071 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5073 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5074 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5075 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5076 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5078 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5079 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5080 if (end
< inside_height
)
5081 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5082 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5083 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5084 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5085 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5093 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5095 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5099 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5101 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5104 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5106 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5107 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5108 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5109 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5111 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5114 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5115 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5121 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5122 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5123 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5127 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5129 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5130 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5131 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5132 int window_y
, window_height
;
5133 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5134 int fringe_extended_p
;
5137 /* Get window dimensions. */
5138 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5140 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5141 height
= window_height
;
5143 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5144 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5146 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5147 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5148 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5149 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5153 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5154 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5155 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5156 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5158 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5160 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5161 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5166 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5167 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5168 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5169 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5170 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5171 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5173 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5174 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5175 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5176 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5179 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5180 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5182 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5185 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5186 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5187 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5188 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5191 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5192 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5196 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5200 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5201 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5203 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5207 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5209 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5211 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5213 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5216 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5218 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5219 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5221 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5222 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5223 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5225 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5226 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5227 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5229 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5230 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5233 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5236 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5237 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5239 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5240 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5241 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5243 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5244 max (height
, 1), 0);
5245 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5247 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5249 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5250 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5251 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5253 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5254 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5256 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5257 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5258 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5262 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5263 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5264 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5267 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5268 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5269 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5271 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5272 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5273 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5274 rest
, height
, False
);
5276 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5277 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5281 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5286 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5288 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5290 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5294 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5296 /* Remember new settings. */
5297 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5299 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5300 bar
->height
= height
;
5305 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5306 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5308 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5309 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5310 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5312 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5314 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5317 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5320 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5321 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5322 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5325 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5327 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5331 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5332 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5333 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5334 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5335 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5336 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5337 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5339 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5340 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5341 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5344 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR frame
)
5346 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5347 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5350 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5351 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5352 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5353 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5354 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5355 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5356 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5361 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5362 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5365 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5367 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5370 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5371 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5374 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5376 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5377 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5378 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5380 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5382 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5383 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5385 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5386 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5387 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5389 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5390 one or the other! */
5394 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5396 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5397 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5399 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5401 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5402 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5403 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5406 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5407 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5410 XTjudge_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR f
)
5412 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5414 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5416 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5417 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5418 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5420 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5422 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5424 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5427 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5430 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5431 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5435 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5436 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5437 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5439 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5443 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5445 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5446 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5447 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5448 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5452 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5454 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5455 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5456 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5457 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5459 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5460 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5462 /* x, y, width, height */
5464 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5467 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5468 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5469 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5470 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5475 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5477 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5478 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5480 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5485 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5487 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5490 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5491 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5492 emacs_event
->modifiers
5493 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5494 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5495 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5496 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5499 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5500 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5501 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5504 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5505 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5508 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5511 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5512 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5513 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5515 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5517 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5518 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5519 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5520 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5522 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5523 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5525 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5526 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5530 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5531 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5535 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5537 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5539 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5543 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5545 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5547 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5550 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5552 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5553 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5555 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5556 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5558 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5560 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5562 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5567 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5569 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5570 on the scroll bar. */
5573 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5574 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5575 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5577 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5578 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5579 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5581 Window dummy_window
;
5583 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5587 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5589 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5591 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5592 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5593 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5595 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5598 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5604 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5606 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5608 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5609 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5613 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5617 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5619 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5620 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5621 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5622 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5623 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5624 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5626 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5628 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5629 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5632 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5635 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5641 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5642 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5643 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5647 x_scroll_bar_clear (FRAME_PTR f
)
5649 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5652 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5653 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5654 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5655 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5656 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5657 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5658 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5659 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5661 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5665 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5667 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5668 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5669 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5670 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5672 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5673 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5675 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5677 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5678 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5680 static int temp_index
;
5681 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5683 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5684 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5686 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5688 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5689 on a particular display. */
5691 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5693 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5694 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5695 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5696 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5698 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5700 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_GTK
5701 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT \
5704 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5705 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5706 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5707 *f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = event; \
5708 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5709 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5721 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5722 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5723 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5725 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5727 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5731 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5733 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5734 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5735 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5738 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5739 event
->xclient
.window
);
5741 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5746 static int current_count
;
5747 static int current_finish
;
5748 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5750 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5751 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5752 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5753 static GdkFilterReturn
5754 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5756 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5759 if (current_count
>= 0)
5761 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5763 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5766 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5767 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5768 so we do it here. */
5769 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5771 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5774 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5779 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5782 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5786 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5790 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5791 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5793 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5795 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5798 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5799 enum xembed_message
,
5800 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5802 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5804 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5805 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5806 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5808 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5811 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventptr
,
5812 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5815 struct input_event ie
;
5816 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5821 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5822 struct coding_system coding
;
5823 XEvent event
= *eventptr
;
5824 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5826 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5828 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5829 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5832 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5833 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5839 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5840 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5841 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5843 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5844 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5846 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5847 could be the shell widget window
5848 if the frame has no title bar. */
5849 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5851 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5852 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5853 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5855 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5856 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5857 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5858 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5859 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5862 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5863 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5864 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5865 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5868 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5869 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5870 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5873 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5874 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5875 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5877 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5878 /* The ICCCM says this is
5879 the only valid choice. */
5881 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5882 /* This is needed to detect the error
5883 if there is an error. */
5885 x_uncatch_errors ();
5887 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5892 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5893 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5895 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5896 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5897 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5898 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5899 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5900 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5901 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5902 session manager and one for this. */
5904 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5907 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5908 event
.xclient
.window
);
5909 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5910 for a single Emacs process. */
5911 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5912 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5913 event
.xclient
.window
,
5914 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5916 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5917 event
.xclient
.window
,
5923 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5924 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5926 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5927 event
.xclient
.window
);
5929 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5931 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5932 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5939 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5940 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5945 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5946 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5949 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5951 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5952 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5956 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5963 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5964 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5966 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5968 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5972 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5974 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5975 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5976 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5977 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5979 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5980 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5981 currently never do because we are interested in
5982 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5983 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5984 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5987 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5988 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5992 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5993 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5994 we construct an input_event. */
5995 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5996 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5998 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5999 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6002 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6004 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6005 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6006 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6008 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6009 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6010 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6012 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6016 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6018 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6021 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6022 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6026 case SelectionNotify
:
6027 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6028 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6029 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6031 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6032 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6035 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6036 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6037 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6038 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6040 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6042 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionclear
);
6044 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6045 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6046 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6047 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6048 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6052 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6053 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6054 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6055 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6057 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6059 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionrequest
);
6061 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6062 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6063 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6064 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6065 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6066 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6067 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6068 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6072 case PropertyNotify
:
6073 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6074 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6075 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6076 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
);
6078 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6079 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6082 case ReparentNotify
:
6083 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6087 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6088 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6092 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6093 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6094 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6099 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6103 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6104 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6105 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6106 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6107 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6110 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6112 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6113 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6114 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6115 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6119 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6120 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6124 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6125 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6127 #if defined USE_LUCID
6128 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6129 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6130 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6133 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6135 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6137 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6139 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6140 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6142 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6143 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6144 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6147 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6148 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6151 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6152 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6156 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6157 source area was obscured or not
6159 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6163 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6164 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6165 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6167 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6170 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6173 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6174 source area was completely
6179 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6180 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6183 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6186 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6187 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6188 the frame was deleted. */
6190 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6191 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6192 display that won't ever be seen. */
6193 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6194 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6195 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6196 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6197 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6198 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6199 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6200 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6202 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6204 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6205 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6211 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6212 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6213 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6216 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6217 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6218 frame is visible. */
6219 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6222 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6223 the frame's display structures.
6224 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6225 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6226 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6227 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6228 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6229 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6231 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6232 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6233 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6234 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6236 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6237 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6238 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6242 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6243 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6245 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6246 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6247 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6248 to update the frame titles
6249 in case this is the second frame. */
6250 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6253 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6260 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6261 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6263 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6264 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6265 if (popup_activated ())
6269 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6271 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6272 mouse highlighting. */
6273 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6275 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6277 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6278 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6281 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6284 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6285 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6286 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6288 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6290 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6291 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6294 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6298 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6299 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6300 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6303 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6304 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6305 status_return even if the input is too long to
6306 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6307 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6308 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6309 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6310 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6311 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6312 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6314 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6318 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6319 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6320 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6322 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6326 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6327 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6328 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6330 /* This will have to go some day... */
6332 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6333 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6334 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6335 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6336 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6337 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6338 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6340 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6341 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6342 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6343 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6344 not it is combined with Meta. */
6345 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6346 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6351 Status status_return
;
6353 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6354 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6355 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6356 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6358 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6360 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6361 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6362 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6363 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6364 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6367 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6368 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6370 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6375 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6376 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6380 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6381 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6384 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6385 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6389 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6390 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6391 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6394 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6395 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6397 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6398 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6400 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6401 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6403 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6404 translations to characters. */
6405 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6406 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6408 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6409 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6413 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6414 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6416 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6417 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6419 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6420 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6424 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6425 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6426 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6430 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6431 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6432 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6433 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6437 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6438 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6439 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6440 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6441 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6442 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6444 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6445 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6447 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6448 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6449 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6450 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6451 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
6453 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6454 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6456 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6457 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6459 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6460 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6462 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6463 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6465 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6466 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6468 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6469 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6471 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6472 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6474 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6475 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6477 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6478 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6480 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6481 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6483 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6484 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6486 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6487 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6489 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6490 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6492 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6493 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6494 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6495 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6496 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6497 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6498 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6499 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6500 don't have real modifiers but
6501 should be treated similarly to
6502 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6503 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6504 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
6505 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6509 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6510 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6512 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6513 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6517 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6521 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6523 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6525 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6528 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6530 /* Decode the input data. */
6533 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6534 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6535 we used just above and the locale. */
6536 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6537 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6538 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6539 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6540 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6541 gives us composition information. */
6542 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6544 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6545 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6546 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6547 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6548 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6549 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6550 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6551 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6554 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6555 character events. */
6556 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6559 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6560 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6562 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6563 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6564 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6565 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6567 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6572 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6574 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6580 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6581 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6589 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6591 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6592 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6600 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6601 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6603 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6605 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6606 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6608 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6609 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6610 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6611 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6613 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6614 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6615 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6616 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6621 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6625 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6626 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6628 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6631 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6633 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6634 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6635 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6636 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6639 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6640 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6641 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6642 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6643 if (any_help_event_p
)
6647 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6648 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6649 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6654 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6659 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6660 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6661 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6663 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6664 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6665 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6667 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6669 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6671 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6672 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6676 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6682 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6683 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6684 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6688 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6689 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6692 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6693 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6694 will be selected only when it is active. */
6695 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6696 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6697 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6698 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6699 create event iff we don't leave the
6701 && (focus_follows_mouse
6702 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6703 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6705 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6706 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6711 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6712 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6716 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6717 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6718 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6719 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6722 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6723 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6725 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6726 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6727 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6730 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6731 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6732 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6733 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6738 case ConfigureNotify
:
6739 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6742 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6743 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6745 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6746 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6752 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6754 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6755 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6757 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6758 is called by the code that handles resizing
6759 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6761 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6762 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6763 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6764 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6765 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6766 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6767 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6769 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6770 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6771 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6774 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6775 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6776 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6780 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6781 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6782 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6783 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6786 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6790 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6791 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6800 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6801 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6804 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6805 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6806 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6808 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6810 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6811 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6813 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6816 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6821 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6822 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6823 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6826 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6827 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6829 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6830 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6832 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6834 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6835 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6836 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6837 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6842 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6843 if (! popup_activated ())
6846 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6848 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6849 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6851 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6852 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6854 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6855 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6858 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6860 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6861 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6862 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6866 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6867 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6868 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6870 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6871 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6873 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6875 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6876 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6878 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6880 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6881 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6884 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6886 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6887 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6890 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6893 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6895 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6896 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6897 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6901 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6902 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6903 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6904 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6905 Instead, save it away
6906 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6907 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6908 if (! popup_activated ()
6910 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6911 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6913 && f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6914 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6915 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6916 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6917 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6918 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6919 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6920 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6922 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6923 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6924 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6926 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6928 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6933 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6937 case CirculateNotify
:
6940 case CirculateRequest
:
6943 case VisibilityNotify
:
6947 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6949 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6951 case MappingModifier
:
6952 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6953 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6954 case MappingKeyboard
:
6955 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6960 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6965 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6967 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6968 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6970 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6975 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6977 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6982 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6987 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6993 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6994 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6995 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6999 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7000 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7009 #if defined USE_GTK || defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
7011 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7012 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7013 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7015 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7017 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
7019 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7020 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7022 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7025 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7032 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7033 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7034 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7036 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7037 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7038 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7041 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7044 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, int expected
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7047 int event_found
= 0;
7049 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7051 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7053 pending_signals
= 1;
7058 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7060 pending_signals
= pending_atimers
;
7064 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7065 input_signal_count
++;
7069 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7070 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7072 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7073 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7077 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7082 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7085 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7086 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7091 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7092 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7094 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7102 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7103 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7104 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7105 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7107 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7108 from all displays. */
7110 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7112 current_count
= count
;
7113 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7115 gtk_main_iteration ();
7117 count
= current_count
;
7119 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7121 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7124 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7126 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7127 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7130 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7131 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7132 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7134 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7138 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7139 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7141 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7143 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7144 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7148 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7150 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7151 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7153 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7154 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7166 /***********************************************************************
7168 ***********************************************************************/
7170 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7171 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7173 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7174 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7175 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7178 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int area
, GC gc
)
7180 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7181 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7182 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7184 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7186 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7187 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7188 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7189 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7190 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7192 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7196 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7199 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7201 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7202 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7203 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7206 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7209 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7210 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7211 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7212 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7215 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7216 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7217 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7219 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7220 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7221 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7222 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7223 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7225 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7226 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7227 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7229 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7230 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7231 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7232 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7236 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7238 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7239 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7240 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7244 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7246 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7247 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7249 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7250 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7252 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7253 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7256 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7257 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7258 the bar might not be in the window. */
7259 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7261 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7262 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7263 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7267 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7268 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7269 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7270 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7271 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7274 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7275 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7276 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7277 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7278 that the glyph is legible. */
7279 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7280 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7282 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7283 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7286 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7289 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7290 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7293 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7295 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7297 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7300 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7301 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7303 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7305 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7306 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7307 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7308 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7310 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7311 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7312 width
, row
->height
);
7316 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7319 width
= row
->height
;
7321 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7323 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7324 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7326 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7327 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7328 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7329 row
->height
- width
),
7330 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7333 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7338 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7341 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7343 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7344 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7345 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7346 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7350 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7353 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7355 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7356 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7358 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7359 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7360 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7365 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7368 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
, int y
, int cursor_type
, int cursor_width
, int on_p
, int active_p
)
7370 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7374 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7375 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7377 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7378 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7379 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7380 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7382 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7383 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7387 switch (cursor_type
)
7389 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7390 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7393 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7394 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7398 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7402 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7406 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7415 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7416 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7417 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7422 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7429 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7432 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7434 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
7436 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7439 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7440 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7441 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7442 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7447 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7448 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7449 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7451 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7452 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7453 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7457 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7458 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7464 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7465 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7468 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7470 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7472 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7476 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7479 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7480 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7484 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7485 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7489 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7490 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7491 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7492 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7493 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7495 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7498 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7499 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7505 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7506 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7509 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7511 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7516 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7517 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7519 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7520 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7523 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7524 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7525 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7526 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7531 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7533 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7534 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7536 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7537 be called from a signal handler.
7540 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7541 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7543 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7545 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7547 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7548 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7549 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7552 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7554 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7555 x_error_message
->string
,
7556 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7559 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7560 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7563 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7564 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7565 stored in *x_error_message.
7567 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7568 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7570 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7573 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7575 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7577 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7581 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7582 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7583 x_error_message
= data
;
7586 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7587 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7590 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7592 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7596 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7597 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7598 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7599 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7601 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7602 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7607 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7608 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7609 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7612 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7614 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7617 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7619 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7620 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7621 x_uncatch_errors ();
7622 error (format
, string
);
7626 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7627 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7630 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7632 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7635 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7638 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7641 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7643 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7646 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7647 * idea. --lorentey */
7648 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7651 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7653 while (x_error_message
)
7654 x_uncatch_errors ();
7658 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7661 x_catching_errors (void)
7663 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7667 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7670 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7675 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7676 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7677 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7678 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7679 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7682 x_connection_signal (int signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7683 /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7686 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7687 must reestablish each time */
7688 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7693 /************************************************************************
7695 ************************************************************************/
7697 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7699 static char *error_msg
;
7701 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7702 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7705 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7707 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7708 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7709 int idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7711 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7712 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7713 handling_signal
= 0;
7715 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7716 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7720 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7722 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7723 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7726 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7727 that are on the dead display. */
7728 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7730 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7732 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7733 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7734 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7735 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7736 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7737 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7740 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7741 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7742 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7743 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7744 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7745 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7747 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7748 trying to find a replacement. */
7749 KVAR (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
) = Qt
;
7750 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7753 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7754 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7757 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7758 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7759 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7761 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7762 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7763 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7764 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7765 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7766 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7767 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7768 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7769 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7772 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7774 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7775 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7777 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7778 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7779 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7780 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7785 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7786 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7790 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7792 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7793 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7797 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7799 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7801 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7802 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7804 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7805 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7807 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7808 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7810 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7811 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7812 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7813 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7816 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7817 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7818 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7820 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7821 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7824 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7826 if (x_error_message
)
7827 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7829 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7833 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7834 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7835 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7837 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7839 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7840 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7842 static void NO_INLINE
7843 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7845 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7847 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7848 or colors that are not defined. */
7850 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7853 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7854 original error handler. */
7856 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7857 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7858 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7859 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7863 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7864 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7865 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7868 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7872 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7873 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7877 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7879 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7880 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7881 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7885 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7887 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7890 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7891 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7892 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7893 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7897 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7898 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7899 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7900 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
7901 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7903 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7905 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7906 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7908 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7909 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7910 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7914 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7915 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7918 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7920 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7921 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7922 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7923 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7924 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7929 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7932 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7941 /***********************************************************************
7943 ***********************************************************************/
7949 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7950 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7951 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7954 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7956 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7957 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7961 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7962 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7964 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7965 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7967 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7968 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7972 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7973 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7974 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7978 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7981 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7982 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
7985 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7986 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7989 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7997 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
7998 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8005 XIMCallback destroy
;
8008 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8009 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8012 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8013 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8014 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8020 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8021 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8025 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8027 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8028 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8029 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8030 when the callback was registered. */
8033 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8035 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8036 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8038 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8042 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8044 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8045 as they have no XIC. */
8046 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8048 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8051 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8053 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8056 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8057 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8059 create_frame_xic (f
);
8060 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8061 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8062 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8064 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8065 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8074 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8077 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8078 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8079 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8080 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8083 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8085 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8089 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8090 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8093 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8094 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8095 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8096 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8097 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8098 memcpy (xim_inst
->resource_name
, resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8099 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8100 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8101 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8102 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8103 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8104 least, hence the configure test. */
8105 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8106 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8107 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8108 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8110 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8114 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8117 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8122 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8123 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8124 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8126 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8127 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8128 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8129 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8130 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8131 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8132 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8133 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8135 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8138 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8142 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8143 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8146 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8148 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8150 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8151 is already for the top-left corner. */
8152 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8155 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8156 position that fits on the screen. */
8157 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8158 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8159 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8162 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8164 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8165 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8166 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8168 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8169 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8170 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8171 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8174 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8175 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8177 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8180 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8181 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8182 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8185 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8186 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8187 so the flags should correspond. */
8188 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8191 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8192 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8193 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8194 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8195 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8198 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8200 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8202 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8204 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8205 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8209 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8211 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8213 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8214 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8216 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8219 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8221 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8222 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8224 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8226 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8227 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8228 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8229 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8230 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8233 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8234 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8236 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8237 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8240 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8241 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8242 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8243 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8246 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8247 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8248 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8250 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8251 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8252 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8253 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8254 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8255 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8260 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8261 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8262 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8263 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8264 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8267 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8270 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8271 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8272 Window wmcheck_window
;
8273 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8274 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8275 long max_len
= 65536;
8276 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8277 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8278 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8282 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8283 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8284 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8285 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8286 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8287 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8289 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8291 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8292 x_uncatch_errors ();
8297 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8300 /* Check if window exists. */
8301 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8303 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8305 x_uncatch_errors ();
8310 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8312 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8313 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8314 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8315 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8316 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8317 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8319 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8321 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8322 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8323 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8324 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8325 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8327 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8329 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8330 x_uncatch_errors ();
8335 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8336 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8337 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8342 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8343 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8345 x_uncatch_errors ();
8352 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8354 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8356 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8357 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8359 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8361 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8363 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8365 ? Fcons (make_fixnum_or_float (value
), Qnil
)
8370 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8373 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8375 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8377 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8378 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8381 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8382 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8383 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not. */
8386 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8392 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8393 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8394 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8395 long max_len
= 65536;
8396 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8397 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8398 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8401 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8404 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8405 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8406 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8407 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8408 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8410 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8412 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8413 x_uncatch_errors ();
8418 x_uncatch_errors ();
8420 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8422 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8423 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8425 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8426 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8428 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8430 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8432 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8433 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8435 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8437 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8438 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8439 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8443 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8447 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8450 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8452 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8453 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8456 get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8458 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8459 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8461 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8463 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8467 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8469 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8470 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8471 are sent at once. */
8472 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8474 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8475 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8476 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8477 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8478 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8479 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8481 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8482 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8483 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8484 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8485 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8486 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8487 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8489 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8490 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8491 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8492 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8493 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8494 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8495 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8497 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8498 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8499 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8500 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8501 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8503 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8504 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8505 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8507 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8508 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8511 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8515 return have_net_atom
;
8519 XTfullscreen_hook (FRAME_PTR f
)
8521 if (f
->async_visible
)
8524 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8532 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8534 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8538 get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8542 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8545 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8548 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8551 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8556 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8557 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8560 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8561 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8563 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8565 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8568 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8569 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8571 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8572 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8573 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8575 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8577 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8578 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8580 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8582 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8583 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8584 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8585 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8586 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8588 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8589 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8591 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8592 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8595 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8600 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8601 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8602 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8603 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8604 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8605 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8606 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8609 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8611 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8613 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8614 window manager window around the frame. */
8616 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8618 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8620 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8625 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8626 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8627 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8629 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8631 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8632 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8634 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8635 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8637 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8640 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8641 frame's position. */
8643 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8647 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8648 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8649 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8650 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8651 of an exact comparison. */
8654 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8658 while (count
++ < 50)
8660 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8662 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8663 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8666 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8667 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8671 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8674 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8675 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8678 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8682 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8683 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8685 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8689 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8691 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8693 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8696 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8697 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8699 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8700 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8702 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticable.
8703 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8704 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (tmo
, 0, 100000);
8705 EMACS_GET_TIME (tmo_at
);
8706 EMACS_ADD_TIME (tmo_at
, tmo_at
, tmo
);
8708 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8710 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8711 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8712 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8714 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8719 EMACS_GET_TIME (time_now
);
8720 EMACS_SUB_TIME (tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
);
8722 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (tmo
) || select (fd
+1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
) == 0)
8723 break; /* Timeout */
8725 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8726 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8730 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8731 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8732 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8733 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8736 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8738 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8740 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8741 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8742 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8744 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8746 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8748 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8749 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8750 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8751 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8753 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8754 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8755 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8756 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8759 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8760 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8761 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8762 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8763 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8765 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8766 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8767 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8768 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8770 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8771 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8772 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8773 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8774 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8776 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8779 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8780 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8781 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8782 if (f
->async_visible
)
8783 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8786 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8787 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8788 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8794 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8795 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8796 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8797 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8800 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8804 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8808 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8809 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8810 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8811 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8812 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8813 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8814 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8815 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8816 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8817 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8819 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8821 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8822 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8823 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8824 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8825 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8826 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8827 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8831 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8832 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8834 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8835 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8837 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8839 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8841 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8842 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8844 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8845 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8846 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8847 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8848 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8853 /* Mouse warping. */
8856 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8860 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8861 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8863 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8864 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8866 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8867 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8871 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8872 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8876 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8879 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8883 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8884 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8888 /* Raise frame F. */
8891 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8894 if (f
->async_visible
)
8895 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8897 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8901 /* Lower frame F. */
8904 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8906 if (f
->async_visible
)
8909 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8910 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8915 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8918 x_ewmh_activate_frame (FRAME_PTR f
)
8920 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8921 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8923 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8924 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8927 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8928 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8929 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8931 Fcons (make_number (1),
8932 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
8938 XTframe_raise_lower (FRAME_PTR f
, int raise_flag
)
8946 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8948 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
8950 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8952 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
8955 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
8957 unsigned long data
[2];
8958 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8960 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
8963 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8964 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
8965 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
8967 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
8970 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
8971 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
8975 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8976 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
8977 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
8978 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8979 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
8980 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
8981 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
8982 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
8983 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
8985 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
8986 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
8987 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8990 /* Change of visibility. */
8992 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8993 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8994 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8995 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8996 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8997 finishes with it. */
9000 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
9003 int original_top
, original_left
;
9004 int retry_count
= 2;
9010 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9012 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9014 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9016 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9017 call x_set_offset a second time
9018 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9019 before the window gets really visible. */
9020 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9021 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9022 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9023 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9025 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9027 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9028 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9029 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9030 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9031 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9034 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9035 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9037 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9039 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9040 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9042 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9043 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9045 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9046 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9047 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9050 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9052 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9053 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9054 so that incoming events are handled. */
9058 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9059 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9060 will set it when they are handled. */
9061 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9063 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9064 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9066 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9069 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9071 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9072 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9073 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9074 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9076 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9077 because the window manager may choose the position
9078 and we don't want to override it. */
9080 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9081 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9082 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9083 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9084 && previously_visible
)
9088 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9092 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9093 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9094 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9095 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9096 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9097 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9098 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9099 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9100 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9102 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9103 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9104 original_left
, original_top
);
9109 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9111 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9112 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9113 MapNotify at all.. */
9114 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9115 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9117 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9120 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9121 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9122 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9123 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9124 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9126 if (input_polling_used ())
9128 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9129 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9130 handler reset it. */
9131 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9132 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9133 poll_for_input_1 ();
9134 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9137 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9138 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9143 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9147 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9148 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9149 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9150 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9152 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
!= 0)
9157 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9159 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9162 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9166 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9167 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9169 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9170 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9171 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9175 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9176 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9177 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9178 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9179 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9180 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9183 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9184 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9187 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9188 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9193 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9194 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9196 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9197 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9201 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9202 just by the event that we get from the server.
9203 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9204 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9205 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9207 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9208 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9209 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9216 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9219 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9221 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9226 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9227 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9228 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9230 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9235 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9237 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9239 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9242 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9244 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9245 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9247 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9250 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9251 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9257 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9259 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9261 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9262 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9263 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9264 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9265 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9266 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9267 so we have to record it here. */
9270 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9271 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9276 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9277 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9278 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9282 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9284 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9285 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9289 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9291 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9293 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9294 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9295 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9296 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9297 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9298 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9300 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9301 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9303 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9304 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9308 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9309 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9310 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9311 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9312 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9314 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9315 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9317 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9320 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9321 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9325 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9327 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9329 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9331 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9332 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9335 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9336 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9338 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9340 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9344 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9347 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9349 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9350 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9351 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9353 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9358 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9359 commands to the X server. */
9360 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9362 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9363 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9365 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9366 free_frame_faces (f
);
9368 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9369 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9371 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9372 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9373 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9374 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9375 toolkit scroll bars. */
9376 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9378 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9379 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9388 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9389 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9391 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9392 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9394 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9395 we are using a toolkit. */
9396 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9397 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9399 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9400 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9403 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9404 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9406 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9407 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9408 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9410 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9411 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9412 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9413 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9414 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9415 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9417 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9418 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9419 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9420 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9421 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9422 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9423 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9424 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9425 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9426 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9427 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9428 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9429 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9430 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9431 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9434 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9437 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9438 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9439 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9441 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9442 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9443 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9444 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9445 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9446 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9448 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9450 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9451 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9452 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9453 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9454 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9455 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9456 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9463 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9466 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9468 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9470 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9471 commands to the X server. */
9472 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9473 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9475 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9479 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9481 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9482 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9483 that the window now has.
9484 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9485 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9486 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9490 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, int user_position
)
9492 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9493 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9495 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9496 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9498 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9499 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9501 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9502 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9504 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9505 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9506 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9507 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9508 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9509 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9511 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9513 int base_width
, base_height
;
9514 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9516 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9517 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9519 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9521 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9522 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9523 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9524 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9525 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9527 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9528 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9529 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9531 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9532 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9533 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9534 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9535 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9538 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9541 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9546 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9547 long supplied_return
;
9550 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9554 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9559 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9560 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9561 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9562 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9563 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9564 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9565 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9566 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9573 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9574 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9578 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9579 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9581 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9583 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9585 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9587 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9590 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9592 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9595 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9596 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9597 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9598 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9600 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9601 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9603 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9604 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9608 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
9610 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9612 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9613 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9618 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9619 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9620 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9621 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9625 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9633 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9637 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9641 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9642 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9643 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9644 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9647 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9649 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9650 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9652 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9656 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9658 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9660 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9661 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9662 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9664 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9668 /***********************************************************************
9670 ***********************************************************************/
9674 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9678 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9680 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9681 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9682 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9685 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9688 /***********************************************************************
9690 ***********************************************************************/
9692 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9693 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9694 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9695 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9697 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9698 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9699 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9701 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9702 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9703 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9704 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9705 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9706 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9707 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9710 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9712 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9714 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9716 static int x_initialized
;
9718 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9719 the screen number from the server number. */
9721 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9724 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9725 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (Vsystem_name
);
9726 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
9728 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9729 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9730 length_until_period
++;
9732 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9733 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9735 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9737 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9738 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9739 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9740 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9741 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9742 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9743 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9744 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9745 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9746 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9747 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9748 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9749 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9750 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9752 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9756 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9760 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9761 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9764 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9765 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9768 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9789 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9790 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9793 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9798 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9800 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9808 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9809 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9811 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9812 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9816 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9817 the structure that describes the open display.
9818 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9820 struct x_display_info
*
9821 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9825 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9826 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9828 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
;
9838 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9839 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9845 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9846 char **argv2
= argv
;
9849 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9851 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9855 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9856 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9858 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9862 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9864 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9866 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9867 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9870 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9871 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9873 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9875 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
9876 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
9878 static char fix_events
[] = "GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1";
9879 putenv (fix_events
);
9882 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9883 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9884 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9885 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9886 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9887 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9889 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
9893 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
9895 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
9896 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9898 #if GTK_MAJOR_VERSION <= 2 && GTK_MINOR_VERSION <= 90
9899 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9901 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9902 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9904 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
9905 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9907 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9908 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
9912 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9913 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9916 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9917 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9918 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9920 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9921 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9922 So let's not use it until R6. */
9924 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9935 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9936 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9938 turn_on_atimers (0);
9939 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
9940 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9941 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9943 turn_on_atimers (1);
9946 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9951 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9952 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9953 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
9954 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9955 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
9957 /* Detect failure. */
9964 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
9966 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
9967 memset (dpyinfo
, 0, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
9968 hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9970 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
9973 struct x_display_info
*share
;
9976 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
9977 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9978 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
9979 SSDATA (display_name
)))
9982 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
9985 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
9986 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
9987 KVAR (terminal
->kboard
, Vwindow_system
) = Qx
;
9989 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
9990 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
9991 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
9992 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
9993 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
9995 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
9997 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
9999 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10000 list of terminals. */
10001 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10002 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10003 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10004 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10006 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10007 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10009 KVAR (terminal
->kboard
, Vsystem_key_alist
)
10010 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10011 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
10013 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10014 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10018 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10019 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10020 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10021 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10022 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10024 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10027 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10028 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10029 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10031 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10032 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10033 x_display_name_list
);
10034 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10036 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10038 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10039 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10040 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SSDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10041 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10044 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10048 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10049 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10051 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10052 SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10054 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10055 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10057 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10059 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10060 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10061 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10063 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10064 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10066 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10067 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10068 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10069 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10071 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10073 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10075 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10077 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10078 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10079 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10080 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10081 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10082 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10083 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10084 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10085 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10086 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10087 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10088 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10089 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10090 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10091 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10092 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10093 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10094 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10095 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10096 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10097 hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10098 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10099 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10100 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10101 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10102 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10103 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10104 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10106 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10107 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10108 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10110 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10112 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10113 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10114 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10115 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10116 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10117 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10120 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10121 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10123 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10126 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10127 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10128 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10130 if (STRINGP (value
)
10131 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10132 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10133 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10137 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10138 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10142 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10143 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10144 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10145 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10146 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10148 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10150 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10151 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10155 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10157 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10158 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10159 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10160 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10161 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10162 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10163 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10164 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10165 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10174 { "WM_PROTOCOLS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
},
10175 { "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
},
10176 { "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
},
10177 { "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
},
10178 { "WM_CHANGE_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
},
10179 { "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
},
10180 { "WM_MOVED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
},
10181 { "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
},
10182 { "Editres", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
},
10183 { "CLIPBOARD", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
},
10184 { "TIMESTAMP", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
},
10185 { "TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
},
10186 { "COMPOUND_TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
},
10187 { "UTF8_STRING", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
},
10188 { "DELETE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
},
10189 { "MULTIPLE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
},
10190 { "INCR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
},
10191 { "_EMACS_TMP_", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
},
10192 { "TARGETS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
},
10193 { "NULL", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
},
10194 { "ATOM", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM
},
10195 { "ATOM_PAIR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
},
10196 { "CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
},
10197 { "_XEMBED_INFO", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
},
10198 /* For properties of font. */
10199 { "PIXEL_SIZE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
},
10200 { "AVERAGE_WIDTH", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
},
10201 { "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
},
10202 { "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
},
10203 { "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
},
10204 /* Ghostscript support. */
10205 { "DONE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
},
10206 { "PAGE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
},
10207 { "SCROLLBAR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
},
10208 { "_XEMBED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
},
10210 { "_NET_WM_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
},
10211 { "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
},
10212 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10213 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
},
10214 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10215 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
},
10216 { "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
},
10217 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
},
10218 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10219 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
},
10220 { "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
},
10221 { "_NET_WM_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_name
},
10222 { "_NET_SUPPORTED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
},
10223 { "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
},
10224 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
},
10225 { "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
},
10226 { "_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_frame_extents
},
10227 /* Session management */
10228 { "SM_CLIENT_ID", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
},
10229 { "_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_prop
},
10230 { "MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_mgr
},
10234 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10235 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10236 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10237 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (sizeof (Atom
) * total_atom_count
);
10238 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * total_atom_count
);
10239 char xsettings_atom_name
[64];
10241 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10242 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10244 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10245 snprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, sizeof (xsettings_atom_name
),
10246 "_XSETTINGS_S%d", XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10247 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10249 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10250 False
, atoms_return
);
10252 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10253 *atom_refs
[i
].atom
= atoms_return
[i
];
10255 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10256 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10258 xfree (atom_names
);
10259 xfree (atoms_return
);
10262 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10263 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10264 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10265 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10267 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10268 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10269 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10271 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10272 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10276 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10278 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10283 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10286 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10288 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10289 if (connection
!= 0)
10290 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10293 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10294 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10297 if (interrupt_input
)
10298 init_sigio (connection
);
10299 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10303 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10306 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10307 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10308 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10309 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10310 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10311 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10312 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10313 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10314 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10316 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10317 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10318 x_uncatch_errors ();
10322 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10323 for debugging X code. */
10326 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10327 build_string ("synchronous"),
10328 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10330 if (STRINGP (value
)
10331 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10332 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10333 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10338 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10339 build_string ("useXIM"),
10340 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10343 if (STRINGP (value
)
10344 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10345 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10348 if (STRINGP (value
)
10349 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10350 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10356 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10357 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10359 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10360 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10368 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10369 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10372 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10374 struct terminal
*t
;
10376 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10378 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10379 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10382 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10383 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10384 x_session_close ();
10386 delete_terminal (t
);
10390 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10392 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10393 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10394 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10395 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10396 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10401 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10402 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10404 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10406 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10409 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10413 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10414 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10416 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10417 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10420 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10422 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10423 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10424 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10427 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10428 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10429 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10433 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10435 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10436 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10437 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10438 that slows us down. */
10441 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10444 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10445 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10447 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10448 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10449 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10450 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10455 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10456 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10457 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10458 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10459 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10460 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10461 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10464 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10467 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10469 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10471 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10472 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10473 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10478 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10481 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10483 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10485 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10487 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10491 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10493 x_after_update_window_line
,
10494 x_update_window_begin
,
10495 x_update_window_end
,
10501 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10503 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10504 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10505 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10506 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10507 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10508 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10509 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10510 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10511 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10512 x_clear_frame_area
,
10513 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10514 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10515 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10519 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10521 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10523 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10525 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10526 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10527 if (!terminal
->name
)
10532 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10535 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10538 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10539 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10540 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10542 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10543 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10545 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10546 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10547 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10548 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10550 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10551 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10552 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10553 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10554 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10555 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10556 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10557 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10558 leaks in other situations. */
10560 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10561 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10563 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10565 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10566 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10567 closing all the displays. */
10568 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10572 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10574 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10575 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10577 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10579 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10582 /* Mark as dead. */
10583 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10584 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10588 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10589 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10591 static struct terminal
*
10592 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10594 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10596 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10598 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10599 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10600 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10602 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10604 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10605 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10606 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10607 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10608 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10609 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10610 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10611 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10612 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10613 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10614 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10615 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10616 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10617 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10618 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10619 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10620 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10621 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10622 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10623 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10625 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10626 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10628 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10629 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10630 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10631 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10632 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10633 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10640 x_initialize (void)
10645 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10646 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10647 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10650 current_count
= -1;
10653 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10654 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10656 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10657 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10659 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10661 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10662 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10663 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10664 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10665 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10666 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10667 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10669 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10672 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10674 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10675 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10679 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10680 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10681 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10683 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10684 original error handler. */
10685 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10686 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10688 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10690 xgselect_initialize ();
10695 syms_of_xterm (void)
10697 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10699 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10700 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10702 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10703 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10705 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
10706 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
10708 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10709 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10712 xg_default_icon_file
= make_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10713 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10715 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
10718 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10719 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10720 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10721 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10722 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10723 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10724 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10726 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10728 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10729 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10730 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10731 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10732 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10733 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10734 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10736 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10737 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10738 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10739 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10740 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10741 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10742 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10743 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10744 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10746 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10747 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10748 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10749 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10750 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10751 With MS Windows, the value is t. */);
10752 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10754 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10755 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10756 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10758 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10760 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10763 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10766 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10767 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10769 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10770 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10771 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10772 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10773 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10774 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10775 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10776 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10777 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10779 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10780 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10781 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10782 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10783 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10784 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10786 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10787 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10788 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10789 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10790 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10791 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10793 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10794 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10795 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10796 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10797 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10798 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10800 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10801 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10802 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10803 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10804 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10805 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10807 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10808 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10809 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10810 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10811 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10815 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */